Sony PCV-E302DS VAIO страница 972 Скачать руководство пользователя | Manualshive

Страница: 972 / 1141

background image

14.

Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis.

15.

Replace the bottom panel, as described on page

Replacing the Bottom Panel

.

16.

Replace the front panel, as described on page

Replacing the Front Panel

.

17.

Replace the left-side panel, as described on page

Replacing the Left-Side Panel

.

18.

Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer.

Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you
turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive.

Removing the Left-Side Panel

To remove the left-side panel

1.

Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis.

2.

Slide the panel back until it stops.

3.

Pull the panel straight out to remove it.

Page 972

«
...
970
971
972
973
974
...
»

Содержание PCV-E302DS VAIO

Страница 1: ...s a trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc and Rockwell International All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners Safety Information Owner s Record The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center Model Number __...

Страница 2: ...xcessive REN s on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call In most but not all areas the sum of the REN s should not exceed five 5 0 To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to the line as determined by the total REN s contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area This modem uses the USOC RJ 11 te...

Страница 3: ...business other entity or individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business other entity or individual In order to program this information into your facsimile see your fax software documentation You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved in this manual could void your authority to operate this equipment Page 3 ...

Страница 4: ...a digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital aud...

Страница 5: ...ows 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe Photo...

Страница 6: ...uter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect ...

Страница 7: ...titles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the syste...

Страница 8: ... Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionali...

Страница 9: ...nel select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears o...

Страница 10: ...fault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output a...

Страница 11: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 12: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 13: ...ate of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 G...

Страница 14: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 15: ...a digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital aud...

Страница 16: ...ows 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe Photo...

Страница 17: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 18: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 19: ... Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionali...

Страница 20: ...nel select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears o...

Страница 21: ...fault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output a...

Страница 22: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 23: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 24: ...ate of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 G...

Страница 25: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 26: ...a digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital aud...

Страница 27: ...ows 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe Photo...

Страница 28: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 29: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 30: ... Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionali...

Страница 31: ...nel select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears o...

Страница 32: ...fault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output a...

Страница 33: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 34: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 35: ...ate of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 G...

Страница 36: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 37: ...a digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital aud...

Страница 38: ...ows 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe Photo...

Страница 39: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 40: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 41: ... Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionali...

Страница 42: ...nel select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears o...

Страница 43: ...fault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output a...

Страница 44: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 45: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 46: ...ate of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 G...

Страница 47: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 48: ...a digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital aud...

Страница 49: ...ows 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe Photo...

Страница 50: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 51: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 52: ... Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionali...

Страница 53: ...nel select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears o...

Страница 54: ...fault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output a...

Страница 55: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 56: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 57: ...ate of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 G...

Страница 58: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 59: ...a digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital aud...

Страница 60: ...ows 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe Photo...

Страница 61: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 62: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 63: ... Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionali...

Страница 64: ...nel select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears o...

Страница 65: ...fault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output a...

Страница 66: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 67: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 68: ...ate of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 G...

Страница 69: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 70: ...a digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital aud...

Страница 71: ...ows 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe Photo...

Страница 72: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 73: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 74: ... Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionali...

Страница 75: ...nel select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears o...

Страница 76: ...fault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output a...

Страница 77: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 78: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 79: ...ate of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 G...

Страница 80: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 81: ...a digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital aud...

Страница 82: ...ows 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe Photo...

Страница 83: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 84: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 85: ... Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionali...

Страница 86: ...nel select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears o...

Страница 87: ...fault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output a...

Страница 88: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 89: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 90: ...ate of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 G...

Страница 91: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 92: ...a digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital aud...

Страница 93: ...ows 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe Photo...

Страница 94: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 95: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 96: ... Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionali...

Страница 97: ...nel select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears o...

Страница 98: ...fault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output a...

Страница 99: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 100: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 101: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 102: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 103: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 104: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 105: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 106: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 107: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 108: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 109: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 110: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 111: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 112: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 113: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 114: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 115: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 116: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 117: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 118: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 119: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 120: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 121: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 122: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 123: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 124: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 125: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 126: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 127: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 128: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 129: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 130: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 131: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 132: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 133: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 134: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 135: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 136: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 137: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 138: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 139: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 140: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 141: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 142: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 143: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 144: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 145: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 146: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 147: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 148: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 149: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 150: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 151: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 152: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 153: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 154: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 155: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 156: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 157: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 158: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 159: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 160: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 161: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 162: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 163: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 164: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 165: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 166: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 167: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 168: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 169: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 170: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 171: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 172: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 173: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 174: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 175: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 176: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 177: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 178: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 179: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 180: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 181: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 182: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 183: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 184: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 185: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 186: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 187: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 188: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 189: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 190: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 191: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 192: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 193: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 194: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 195: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 196: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 197: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 198: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 199: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 200: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 201: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 202: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 203: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 204: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 205: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 206: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 207: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 208: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 209: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 210: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 211: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 212: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 213: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 214: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 215: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 216: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 217: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 218: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 219: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 220: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 221: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 222: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 223: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 224: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 225: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 226: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 227: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 228: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 229: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 230: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 231: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 232: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 233: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 234: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 235: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 236: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 237: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 238: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 239: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 240: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 241: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 242: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 243: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 244: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 245: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 246: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 247: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 248: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 249: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 250: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 251: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 252: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 253: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 254: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 255: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 256: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 257: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 258: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 259: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 260: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 261: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 262: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 263: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 264: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 265: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 266: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 267: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 268: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 269: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 270: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 271: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 272: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 273: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 274: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 275: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 276: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 277: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 278: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 279: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 280: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 281: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 282: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 283: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 284: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 285: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 286: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 287: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 288: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 289: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 290: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 291: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 292: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 293: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 294: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 295: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 296: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 297: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 298: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 299: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 300: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 301: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 302: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 303: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 304: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 305: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 306: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 307: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 308: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 309: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 310: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 311: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 312: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 313: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 314: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 315: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 316: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 317: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 318: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 319: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 320: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 321: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 322: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 323: ... digital video camera such as the Sony Digital Handycam or other digital imaging devices to an i LINK connector on either the front or back of your system This state of the art technology allows audio video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals creating a new interface technology between your computer and A V products S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Transfer digital audi...

Страница 324: ...ws 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Application Recovery CD s Other Setting up your VAIO MicroTower poster Packet containing special product offers Software Library The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement Sony end user license agreement and the following CDs Adobe PhotoD...

Страница 325: ...ter For your convenience your computer includes USB and i LINK connectors on both the front and back panels allowing you to connect to either set of connectors i LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6 pin connectors Front Panel Overview The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD ROM drives It also includes USB and i LINK ports that allow you to connect U...

Страница 326: ...itles some DVD game titles may not play correctly DVD standards are still evolving Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system...

Страница 327: ...Resume from Standby Mode There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode You can use any one of the following methods Press any key such as the Enter key Tap the power switch on the front panel It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionalit...

Страница 328: ...el select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties When this is complete click the OK button When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel a successful configuration message displays The Registration Wizard screen appears on...

Страница 329: ...ault setup and want to reinitialize the parameters follow these steps 1 In the Adobe Premiere LE application select Compression from the Make menu The Compression Settings dialog box appears 2 In the Method list box select Sony DV software CODEC 3 Click OK to close the screen 4 From the Create menu select Preset The Preset dialog box appears 5 Select the parameters for Time Base Compress Output an...

Страница 330: ...es that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds You can record stereo audio stereo 1 while capturing video You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression You should not use disk c...

Страница 331: ...In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G drivers audio AL98091701 English Using AC 3 to S PDIF Output Minidisc player recorders DAT player recorders and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital AC 3 You should not use the AC ...

Страница 332: ...te of purchase Quicken Basic Intuit Inc Web site http www intuit com support phone 900 555 4688 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day SHORT cinema journal 2014 Corporation Web site http www dvdmags com phone 310 821 9843 fax 310 821 7846 e mail my2cents dvdmags com hours M F 9 AM 5 PM PT Specifications Model PCV E302DS PCV E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II Hard Disk Drive 10 2 GB...

Страница 333: ...ansfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer rate is 17X 2550 kbytes s 2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbps Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however may not support this technology or operate at this speed 3 Six pin i LINK connectors on the rear of the system each ...

Страница 334: ...erally in under 15 minutes This section also explains how to connect additional components such as a printer MIDI instrument joystick digital camera and more Getting Help explains the support options available to you shows you how to use the Sony Online Support service and offers basic troubleshooting tips Computer Basics shows new computer users how to use a mouse keyboard DVD ROM and diskette dr...

Страница 335: ...erally in under 15 minutes This section also explains how to connect additional components such as a printer MIDI instrument joystick digital camera and more Getting Help explains the support options available to you shows you how to use the Sony Online Support service and offers basic troubleshooting tips Computer Basics shows new computer users how to use a mouse keyboard DVD ROM and diskette dr...

Страница 336: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 337: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 338: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 339: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 339 ...

Страница 340: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 341: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 341 ...

Страница 342: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 343: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 344: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 345: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 345 ...

Страница 346: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 346...

Страница 347: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 347 ...

Страница 348: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 349: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 349 ...

Страница 350: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 350 ...

Страница 351: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 351 ...

Страница 352: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 353: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 354: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 355: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 356: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 357: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 358: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 358 ...

Страница 359: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 360: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 360 ...

Страница 361: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 362: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 363: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 364: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 364 ...

Страница 365: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 365...

Страница 366: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 366 ...

Страница 367: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 368: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 368 ...

Страница 369: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 369 ...

Страница 370: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 370 ...

Страница 371: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 372: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 373: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 374: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 375: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 376: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 377: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 377 ...

Страница 378: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 379: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 379 ...

Страница 380: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 381: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 382: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 383: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 383 ...

Страница 384: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 384...

Страница 385: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 385 ...

Страница 386: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 387: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 387 ...

Страница 388: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 388 ...

Страница 389: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 389 ...

Страница 390: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 391: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 392: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 393: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 394: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 395: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 396: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 396 ...

Страница 397: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 398: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 398 ...

Страница 399: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 400: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 401: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 402: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 402 ...

Страница 403: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 403...

Страница 404: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 404 ...

Страница 405: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 406: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 406 ...

Страница 407: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 407 ...

Страница 408: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 408 ...

Страница 409: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 410: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 411: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 412: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 413: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 414: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 415: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 415 ...

Страница 416: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 417: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 417 ...

Страница 418: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 419: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 420: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 421: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 421 ...

Страница 422: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 422...

Страница 423: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 423 ...

Страница 424: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 425: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 425 ...

Страница 426: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 426 ...

Страница 427: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 427 ...

Страница 428: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 429: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 430: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 431: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 432: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 433: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 434: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 434 ...

Страница 435: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 436: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 436 ...

Страница 437: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 438: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 439: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 440: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 440 ...

Страница 441: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 441...

Страница 442: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 442 ...

Страница 443: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 444: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 444 ...

Страница 445: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 445 ...

Страница 446: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 446 ...

Страница 447: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 448: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 449: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 450: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 451: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 452: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 453: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 453 ...

Страница 454: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 455: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 455 ...

Страница 456: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 457: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 458: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 459: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 459 ...

Страница 460: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 460...

Страница 461: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 461 ...

Страница 462: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 463: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 463 ...

Страница 464: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 464 ...

Страница 465: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 465 ...

Страница 466: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 467: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 468: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 469: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 470: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 471: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 472: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 472 ...

Страница 473: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 474: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 474 ...

Страница 475: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 476: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 477: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 478: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 478 ...

Страница 479: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 479...

Страница 480: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 480 ...

Страница 481: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 482: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 482 ...

Страница 483: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 483 ...

Страница 484: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 484 ...

Страница 485: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 486: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 487: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 488: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 489: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 490: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 491: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 491 ...

Страница 492: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 493: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 493 ...

Страница 494: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 495: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 496: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 497: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 497 ...

Страница 498: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 498...

Страница 499: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 499 ...

Страница 500: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 501: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 501 ...

Страница 502: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 502 ...

Страница 503: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 503 ...

Страница 504: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 505: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 506: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 507: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 508: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 509: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 510: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 510 ...

Страница 511: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 512: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 512 ...

Страница 513: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 514: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 515: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 516: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 516 ...

Страница 517: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 517...

Страница 518: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 518 ...

Страница 519: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 520: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 520 ...

Страница 521: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 521 ...

Страница 522: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 522 ...

Страница 523: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 524: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 525: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 526: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 527: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 528: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 529: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 529 ...

Страница 530: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 531: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 531 ...

Страница 532: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 533: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 534: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 535: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 535 ...

Страница 536: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 536...

Страница 537: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 537 ...

Страница 538: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 539: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 539 ...

Страница 540: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 540 ...

Страница 541: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 541 ...

Страница 542: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 543: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 544: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 545: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 546: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 547: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 548: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 548 ...

Страница 549: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 550: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 550 ...

Страница 551: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 552: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 553: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 554: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 554 ...

Страница 555: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 555...

Страница 556: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 556 ...

Страница 557: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 558: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 558 ...

Страница 559: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 559 ...

Страница 560: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 560 ...

Страница 561: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 562: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 563: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 564: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 565: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 566: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 567: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 567 ...

Страница 568: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 569: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 569 ...

Страница 570: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 571: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 572: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 573: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 573 ...

Страница 574: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 574...

Страница 575: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 575 ...

Страница 576: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 577: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 577 ...

Страница 578: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 578 ...

Страница 579: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 579 ...

Страница 580: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 581: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 582: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 583: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 584: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 585: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 586: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 586 ...

Страница 587: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 588: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 588 ...

Страница 589: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 590: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 591: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 592: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 592 ...

Страница 593: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 593...

Страница 594: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 594 ...

Страница 595: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 596: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 596 ...

Страница 597: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 597 ...

Страница 598: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 598 ...

Страница 599: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 600: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 601: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 602: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 603: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 604: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 605: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 605 ...

Страница 606: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 607: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 607 ...

Страница 608: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 609: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 610: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 611: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 611 ...

Страница 612: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 612...

Страница 613: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 613 ...

Страница 614: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 615: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 615 ...

Страница 616: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 616 ...

Страница 617: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 617 ...

Страница 618: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 619: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 620: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 621: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 622: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 623: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 624: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 624 ...

Страница 625: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 626: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 626 ...

Страница 627: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 628: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 629: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 630: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 630 ...

Страница 631: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 631...

Страница 632: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 632 ...

Страница 633: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 634: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 634 ...

Страница 635: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 635 ...

Страница 636: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 636 ...

Страница 637: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 638: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 639: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 640: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 641: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 642: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 643: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 643 ...

Страница 644: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 645: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 645 ...

Страница 646: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 647: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 648: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 649: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 649 ...

Страница 650: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 650...

Страница 651: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 651 ...

Страница 652: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 653: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 653 ...

Страница 654: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 654 ...

Страница 655: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 655 ...

Страница 656: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 657: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 658: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 659: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 660: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 661: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 662: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 662 ...

Страница 663: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 664: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 664 ...

Страница 665: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 666: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 667: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 668: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 668 ...

Страница 669: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 669...

Страница 670: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 670 ...

Страница 671: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 672: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 672 ...

Страница 673: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 673 ...

Страница 674: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 674 ...

Страница 675: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 676: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 677: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 678: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 679: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 680: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 681: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 681 ...

Страница 682: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 683: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 683 ...

Страница 684: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 685: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 686: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 687: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 687 ...

Страница 688: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 688...

Страница 689: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 689 ...

Страница 690: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 691: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 691 ...

Страница 692: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 692 ...

Страница 693: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 693 ...

Страница 694: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 695: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 696: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 697: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 698: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 699: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 700: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 700 ...

Страница 701: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 702: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 702 ...

Страница 703: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 704: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 705: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 706: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 706 ...

Страница 707: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 707...

Страница 708: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 708 ...

Страница 709: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 710: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 710 ...

Страница 711: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 711 ...

Страница 712: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 712 ...

Страница 713: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 714: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 715: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 716: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 717: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 718: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 719: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 719 ...

Страница 720: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 721: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 721 ...

Страница 722: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 723: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 724: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 725: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 725 ...

Страница 726: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 726...

Страница 727: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 727 ...

Страница 728: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 729: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 729 ...

Страница 730: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 730 ...

Страница 731: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 731 ...

Страница 732: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 733: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 734: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 735: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 736: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 737: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 738: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 738 ...

Страница 739: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 740: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 740 ...

Страница 741: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 742: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 743: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 744: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 744 ...

Страница 745: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 745...

Страница 746: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 746 ...

Страница 747: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 748: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 748 ...

Страница 749: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 749 ...

Страница 750: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 750 ...

Страница 751: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 752: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 753: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 754: ... parallel to the floor Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you re using the keyboard not angled up or down Use the palmrest only briefly for resting While typing never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand and use your whole arm to move it Take breaks during sessions with your computer Excess...

Страница 755: ...ghten the two screws to secure the cable 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector Plug the green speaker cable into this connector 3 Use the red symbol to locate the mic microphone connector Plug the red microphone cable into this connector See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display Connecting a Disp...

Страница 756: ...he mic microphone connector Plug the microphone cable into this connector Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard Follow these steps to connect the palmrest 1 Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface 2 Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the...

Страница 757: ...t and then move it to the left 3 Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse 1 Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector 2 Use the blue green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue green mouse cable into this connector Page 757 ...

Страница 758: ...e Sony Online Support you must connect your computer to a phone line Also you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty There are two phone jacks on the back panel Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration 1 Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it in...

Страница 759: ... private branch exchange PBX Connecting the Power Cords Follow these steps to connect the power cords 1 Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer 2 If necessary plug the display power cord into the display 3 Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet power strip or Uninterruptible Power Supply Page 759 ...

Страница 760: ...se preloaded software applications See Connecting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device S PDIF equipped device Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player Recorder See Connecting an S PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S Link Control A1 equipped device Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your fa...

Страница 761: ...or If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer s S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV s S VIDEO IN jack S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection 2 Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitte...

Страница 762: ...ate the phones connector on the computer Plug the black end of the audio splitter cable into this connector Then plug the red and white ends of the audio splitter cable into the TV s audio in connectors 3 Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable Connecting a Printer You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer 1 Use the dark grey sym...

Страница 763: ...ing it Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector Page 763 ...

Страница 764: ...necting an i LINK IEEE 1394 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i LINK IEEE 1394 connectors See Read Me First for information on your specific model i LINK connectors may be located on the front back or both the front and back of your system To connect an i LINK IEEE 1394 device Use the symbol to locate the i link connector Plug the i LINK device into this connector Page 764...

Страница 765: ...ipped Digital Audio Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S PDIF Sony Phillips Digital Interface Optical Digital Audio Output connector See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect an S PDIF device Locate the S PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector Plug the S PDIF device into this connector Page 765 ...

Страница 766: ...py from being made Connecting an S Link Control A1 Equipped Device Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S Link Control A1 connector Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems See Read Me First for information on your specific model To connect ...

Страница 767: ...using it Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device You can connect Universal Serial Bus USB devices to your computer There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector Plug the USB cable into this connector Page 767 ...

Страница 768: ... setting up and using them Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral You can connect other computer peripherals such as Sony s digital still camera to the computer s serial port Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port Page 768 ...

Страница 769: ...and using it Starting Your Computer After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer you are ready to turn on the computer 1 Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power 2 Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power Page 769 ...

Страница 770: ...egister Windows before you can use your computer The on screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process The following is an overview of the process 1 Gathering information o Enter your name o Read and accept the License Agreement o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual 2 Windows setup o Click the Fi...

Страница 771: ... your computer you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use To put the computer in standby mode 1 Save your work and close any applications that are running You can leave Microsoft Windows running 2 Press the Standby button on the top of the keyboard The computer goes into standby mode See...

Страница 772: ... short period of time you may want to use standby mode instead See Using the Standby Mode 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu 2 Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box 3 Select Shut down to shut down the computer 4 Click OK to complete the shutdown process Respond to any prompts about saving documents 5 Wait for your computer to turn off autom...

Страница 773: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 774: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 775: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 776: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 777: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 778: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 778 ...

Страница 779: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 780: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 781: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 782: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 783: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 784: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 784 ...

Страница 785: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 786: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 787: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 788: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 789: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 790: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 790 ...

Страница 791: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 792: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 793: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 794: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 795: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 796: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 796 ...

Страница 797: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 798: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 799: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 800: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 801: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 802: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 802 ...

Страница 803: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 804: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 805: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 806: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 807: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 808: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 808 ...

Страница 809: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 810: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 811: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 812: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 813: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 814: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 814 ...

Страница 815: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 816: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 817: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 818: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 819: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 820: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 820 ...

Страница 821: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 822: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 823: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 824: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 825: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 826: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 826 ...

Страница 827: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 828: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 829: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 830: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 831: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 832: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 832 ...

Страница 833: ...d more Starting VAIO Space To start VAIO Space Click the VAIO Space icon on the Windows desktop The VAIO Launcher appears which includes icons for the five VAIO Space centers VAIO Space Centers There are five centers within VAIO Space as follows Center Name Icon Contains Description Software Center Applications Accessories Contains icons for preinstalled applications and accessories See Using the ...

Страница 834: ...ols Options Provides tools that help you find specific application files change your desktop configuration analyze and fix system related problems and customize VAIO Space See Using the Tool Center for details Help Center Help Center Contains links to various sources of help for your VAIO MicroTower computer See Using the Help Center for details Navigating through VAIO Space To go to a center with...

Страница 835: ...pages Adds the currently displayed page to the list of bookmarks under the Online Center s VAIO Links see Using the Online Center VAIO Links are also accessible through the Internet Explorer Favorites list Displays the current website address URL or file name path You can also type an address or path in this box Minimizes maximizes restores and closes VAIO Space Scrolls up to show the contents of ...

Страница 836: ... Remove an application icon from the Software Center Drag and drop an application icon from the Software Center to the Windows Recycle Bin Using the Audio Video Center The Audio Video Center includes the following programs Program Description VideoPlays MPEG mpg MPEG2 vob mpg and AVI avi video files Audio Includes the following players Mixer which controls the volume and balance for sound files vi...

Страница 837: ...ect Save money by ordering products direct from Sony Online Club VAIO Find out the latest developments in the world of VAIO interact with other VAIO users ImageStation The easy way to share your photos with friends and family online Internet Shortcuts to all your Internet applications VAIO Links A convenient tool for organizing all your bookmarks to local or Internet pages Using the Tool Center Us...

Страница 838: ... icon on the VAIO Launcher 2 Click Help Center to open the VAIO screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions to find the appropriate source of help for the problem you are having Exiting VAIO Space To exit VAIO Space Click the Close button Page 838 ...

Страница 839: ...can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive To contact the Sony fax on demand service call 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 Requires a fax machine or your fax software Fax software is included on your system as part of Microsoft Outlook Sony SOS software This preinstalled program connects you to a Customer Support Representat...

Страница 840: ...rompted to select a security option as described in the next step 9 Select an access level in the Remote Command Security dialog box by clicking one of these options Options Descriptions Full access Allows the CSR to fully interact with your computer The CSR can access all the files on your hard disk drive and can copy files to and from your computer to solve your problem Limited access Lets the C...

Страница 841: ...ed correctly See the manual that came with your display for details Check that the computer is not in standby mode see Using the Standby Mode My computer locks up Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT F4 Try restarting the computer On the Windows taskbar click the Start button click Shut Down click Restart and then click OK If you cannot restart as described in the prec...

Страница 842: ...c files that are located on the application s CD ROM disc Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the CD ROM disc with the label side facing up My speakers have no sound Check that the speakers are plugged into the headphones connector See Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display or Connecting a Display Speakers and a Microphone for details If the ...

Страница 843: ...ick Open Volume Controls The Volume Control screen appears 3 In the Options menu select Properties The Properties screen appears 4 Change the setting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the checkbox for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close th...

Страница 844: ...hich removes all the information on the hard disk drive You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it If you choose to the Full Restore without Format option you may need to reinstall applications that were...

Страница 845: ... s The application will not run from DOS If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD s contact Sony Online Support SOS To use the Application Recovery CD s 1 Turn on your computer If your computer is already on close all applications 2 When the Windows desktop appears insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the DVD ROM drive The Application Recovery utility loads automaticall...

Страница 846: ...can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive To contact the Sony fax on demand service call 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 Requires a fax machine or your fax software Fax software is included on your system as part of Microsoft Outlook Sony SOS software This preinstalled program connects you to a Customer Support Representat...

Страница 847: ...rompted to select a security option as described in the next step 9 Select an access level in the Remote Command Security dialog box by clicking one of these options Options Descriptions Full access Allows the CSR to fully interact with your computer The CSR can access all the files on your hard disk drive and can copy files to and from your computer to solve your problem Limited access Lets the C...

Страница 848: ...ed correctly See the manual that came with your display for details Check that the computer is not in standby mode see Using the Standby Mode My computer locks up Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT F4 Try restarting the computer On the Windows taskbar click the Start button click Shut Down click Restart and then click OK If you cannot restart as described in the prec...

Страница 849: ...c files that are located on the application s CD ROM disc Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the CD ROM disc with the label side facing up My speakers have no sound Check that the speakers are plugged into the headphones connector See Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display or Connecting a Display Speakers and a Microphone for details If the ...

Страница 850: ...ick Open Volume Controls The Volume Control screen appears 3 In the Options menu select Properties The Properties screen appears 4 Change the setting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the checkbox for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close th...

Страница 851: ...hich removes all the information on the hard disk drive You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it If you choose to the Full Restore without Format option you may need to reinstall applications that were...

Страница 852: ... s The application will not run from DOS If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD s contact Sony Online Support SOS To use the Application Recovery CD s 1 Turn on your computer If your computer is already on close all applications 2 When the Windows desktop appears insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the DVD ROM drive The Application Recovery utility loads automaticall...

Страница 853: ...can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive To contact the Sony fax on demand service call 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 Requires a fax machine or your fax software Fax software is included on your system as part of Microsoft Outlook Sony SOS software This preinstalled program connects you to a Customer Support Representat...

Страница 854: ...rompted to select a security option as described in the next step 9 Select an access level in the Remote Command Security dialog box by clicking one of these options Options Descriptions Full access Allows the CSR to fully interact with your computer The CSR can access all the files on your hard disk drive and can copy files to and from your computer to solve your problem Limited access Lets the C...

Страница 855: ...ed correctly See the manual that came with your display for details Check that the computer is not in standby mode see Using the Standby Mode My computer locks up Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT F4 Try restarting the computer On the Windows taskbar click the Start button click Shut Down click Restart and then click OK If you cannot restart as described in the prec...

Страница 856: ...c files that are located on the application s CD ROM disc Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the CD ROM disc with the label side facing up My speakers have no sound Check that the speakers are plugged into the headphones connector See Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display or Connecting a Display Speakers and a Microphone for details If the ...

Страница 857: ...ick Open Volume Controls The Volume Control screen appears 3 In the Options menu select Properties The Properties screen appears 4 Change the setting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the checkbox for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close th...

Страница 858: ...hich removes all the information on the hard disk drive You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it If you choose to the Full Restore without Format option you may need to reinstall applications that were...

Страница 859: ... s The application will not run from DOS If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD s contact Sony Online Support SOS To use the Application Recovery CD s 1 Turn on your computer If your computer is already on close all applications 2 When the Windows desktop appears insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the DVD ROM drive The Application Recovery utility loads automaticall...

Страница 860: ...can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive To contact the Sony fax on demand service call 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 Requires a fax machine or your fax software Fax software is included on your system as part of Microsoft Outlook Sony SOS software This preinstalled program connects you to a Customer Support Representat...

Страница 861: ...rompted to select a security option as described in the next step 9 Select an access level in the Remote Command Security dialog box by clicking one of these options Options Descriptions Full access Allows the CSR to fully interact with your computer The CSR can access all the files on your hard disk drive and can copy files to and from your computer to solve your problem Limited access Lets the C...

Страница 862: ...ed correctly See the manual that came with your display for details Check that the computer is not in standby mode see Using the Standby Mode My computer locks up Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT F4 Try restarting the computer On the Windows taskbar click the Start button click Shut Down click Restart and then click OK If you cannot restart as described in the prec...

Страница 863: ...c files that are located on the application s CD ROM disc Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the CD ROM disc with the label side facing up My speakers have no sound Check that the speakers are plugged into the headphones connector See Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display or Connecting a Display Speakers and a Microphone for details If the ...

Страница 864: ...ick Open Volume Controls The Volume Control screen appears 3 In the Options menu select Properties The Properties screen appears 4 Change the setting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the checkbox for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close th...

Страница 865: ...hich removes all the information on the hard disk drive You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it If you choose to the Full Restore without Format option you may need to reinstall applications that were...

Страница 866: ... s The application will not run from DOS If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD s contact Sony Online Support SOS To use the Application Recovery CD s 1 Turn on your computer If your computer is already on close all applications 2 When the Windows desktop appears insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the DVD ROM drive The Application Recovery utility loads automaticall...

Страница 867: ...can use this automated service to request a list of available topics and then select the topics that you want to receive To contact the Sony fax on demand service call 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 Requires a fax machine or your fax software Fax software is included on your system as part of Microsoft Outlook Sony SOS software This preinstalled program connects you to a Customer Support Representat...

Страница 868: ...rompted to select a security option as described in the next step 9 Select an access level in the Remote Command Security dialog box by clicking one of these options Options Descriptions Full access Allows the CSR to fully interact with your computer The CSR can access all the files on your hard disk drive and can copy files to and from your computer to solve your problem Limited access Lets the C...

Страница 869: ...ed correctly See the manual that came with your display for details Check that the computer is not in standby mode see Using the Standby Mode My computer locks up Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT F4 Try restarting the computer On the Windows taskbar click the Start button click Shut Down click Restart and then click OK If you cannot restart as described in the prec...

Страница 870: ...c files that are located on the application s CD ROM disc Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the CD ROM disc with the label side facing up My speakers have no sound Check that the speakers are plugged into the headphones connector See Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display or Connecting a Display Speakers and a Microphone for details If the ...

Страница 871: ...ick Open Volume Controls The Volume Control screen appears 3 In the Options menu select Properties The Properties screen appears 4 Change the setting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the checkbox for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close th...

Страница 872: ...hich removes all the information on the hard disk drive You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it If you choose to the Full Restore without Format option you may need to reinstall applications that were...

Страница 873: ... s The application will not run from DOS If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD s contact Sony Online Support SOS To use the Application Recovery CD s 1 Turn on your computer If your computer is already on close all applications 2 When the Windows desktop appears insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the DVD ROM drive The Application Recovery utility loads automaticall...

Страница 874: ...uits in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted...

Страница 875: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 875 ...

Страница 876: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 877: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 878: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 879: ...the front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 879 ...

Страница 880: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 880 ...

Страница 881: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 881 ...

Страница 882: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 883: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 883 ...

Страница 884: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 884 ...

Страница 885: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 885 ...

Страница 886: ...crews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 886 ...

Страница 887: ...eplace the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 887 ...

Страница 888: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 888 ...

Страница 889: ...uits in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted...

Страница 890: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 890 ...

Страница 891: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 892: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 893: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 894: ...the front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 894 ...

Страница 895: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 895 ...

Страница 896: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 896 ...

Страница 897: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 898: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 898 ...

Страница 899: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 899 ...

Страница 900: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 900 ...

Страница 901: ...crews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 901 ...

Страница 902: ...eplace the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 902 ...

Страница 903: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 903 ...

Страница 904: ...uits in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted...

Страница 905: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 905 ...

Страница 906: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 907: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 908: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 909: ...the front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 909 ...

Страница 910: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 910 ...

Страница 911: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 911 ...

Страница 912: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 913: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 913 ...

Страница 914: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 914 ...

Страница 915: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 915 ...

Страница 916: ...crews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 916 ...

Страница 917: ...eplace the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 917 ...

Страница 918: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 918 ...

Страница 919: ...uits in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted...

Страница 920: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 920 ...

Страница 921: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 922: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 923: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 924: ...the front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 924 ...

Страница 925: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 925 ...

Страница 926: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 926 ...

Страница 927: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 928: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 928 ...

Страница 929: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 929 ...

Страница 930: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 930 ...

Страница 931: ...crews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 931 ...

Страница 932: ...eplace the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 932 ...

Страница 933: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 933 ...

Страница 934: ...uits in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted...

Страница 935: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 935 ...

Страница 936: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 937: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 938: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 939: ...the front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 939 ...

Страница 940: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 940 ...

Страница 941: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 941 ...

Страница 942: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 943: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 943 ...

Страница 944: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 944 ...

Страница 945: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 945 ...

Страница 946: ...crews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 946 ...

Страница 947: ...eplace the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 947 ...

Страница 948: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 948 ...

Страница 949: ...uits in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted...

Страница 950: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 950 ...

Страница 951: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 952: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 953: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 954: ...the front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 954 ...

Страница 955: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 955 ...

Страница 956: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 956 ...

Страница 957: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 958: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 958 ...

Страница 959: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 959 ...

Страница 960: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 960 ...

Страница 961: ...crews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 961 ...

Страница 962: ...eplace the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 962 ...

Страница 963: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 963 ...

Страница 964: ...uits in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted...

Страница 965: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 965 ...

Страница 966: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 967: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 968: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 969: ...the front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 969 ...

Страница 970: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 970 ...

Страница 971: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 971 ...

Страница 972: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 973: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 973 ...

Страница 974: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 974 ...

Страница 975: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 975 ...

Страница 976: ...crews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 976 ...

Страница 977: ...eplace the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 977 ...

Страница 978: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 978 ...

Страница 979: ...uits in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted...

Страница 980: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 980 ...

Страница 981: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 982: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 983: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 984: ...the front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 984 ...

Страница 985: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 985 ...

Страница 986: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 986 ...

Страница 987: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 988: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 988 ...

Страница 989: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 989 ...

Страница 990: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 990 ...

Страница 991: ...crews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 991 ...

Страница 992: ...eplace the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 992 ...

Страница 993: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 993 ...

Страница 994: ...uits in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted...

Страница 995: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 995 ...

Страница 996: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 997: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 998: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 999: ...the front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 999 ...

Страница 1000: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 1000 ...

Страница 1001: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 1001 ...

Страница 1002: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 1003: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 1003 ...

Страница 1004: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 1004 ...

Страница 1005: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 1005 ...

Страница 1006: ...rews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 1006 ...

Страница 1007: ...place the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 1007 ...

Страница 1008: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 1008 ...

Страница 1009: ...its in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted ...

Страница 1010: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 1010 ...

Страница 1011: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 1012: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 1013: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 1014: ...he front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 1014 ...

Страница 1015: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 1015 ...

Страница 1016: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 1016 ...

Страница 1017: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 1018: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 1018 ...

Страница 1019: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 1019 ...

Страница 1020: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 1020 ...

Страница 1021: ...rews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 1021 ...

Страница 1022: ...place the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 1022 ...

Страница 1023: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 1023 ...

Страница 1024: ...its in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted ...

Страница 1025: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 1025 ...

Страница 1026: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 1027: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 1028: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 1029: ...he front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 1029 ...

Страница 1030: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 1030 ...

Страница 1031: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 1031 ...

Страница 1032: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 1033: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 1033 ...

Страница 1034: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 1034 ...

Страница 1035: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 1035 ...

Страница 1036: ...rews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 1036 ...

Страница 1037: ...place the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 1037 ...

Страница 1038: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 1038 ...

Страница 1039: ...its in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted ...

Страница 1040: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 1040 ...

Страница 1041: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 1042: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 1043: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 1044: ...he front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 1044 ...

Страница 1045: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 1045 ...

Страница 1046: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 1046 ...

Страница 1047: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 1048: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 1048 ...

Страница 1049: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 1049 ...

Страница 1050: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 1050 ...

Страница 1051: ...rews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 1051 ...

Страница 1052: ...place the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 1052 ...

Страница 1053: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 1053 ...

Страница 1054: ...its in your computer Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage disk drives add in cards and other components Do the procedures described here only at an ESD workstation If such a station is not available do not work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Ground yourself by maintaining continuous contact with an unpainted ...

Страница 1055: ...6 Install the add in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board Attach any internal cables that the board requires see the manual for the add in board Page 1055 ...

Страница 1056: ... unbuffered 4 clock 72 bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1 0 For more information on MicroTower compatible memory call Sony at 1 888 4SONYPC 1 888 476 6972 To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use 1 Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices such as your printer display and speakers 2 Unplug your ...

Страница 1057: ...ert the bottom edge of the DIMM into the socket 10 Press evenly against the DIMM s upper corners The end latches snap into position automatically 11 Reinstall any add in cards or components you removed 12 Replace the diskette drive and cover panels as described on page Replacing the Diskette Drive to Replacing the Left Side Panel Replacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium b...

Страница 1058: ...t to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other options See the VAIO MicroTower Reference Manual for details 7 To run the Setup utility press F3 when your computer is starting up Then press F1 to run the BIOS setup utility 8 Change the default values to the values you wrote down in step 2 9 Save your Setup changes and then exit the Setup ut...

Страница 1059: ...he front panel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 4 Remove the bottom panel as described on page Removing the Bottom Panel 5 Lay the system on its right side left side faces up see diagram that follows 6 Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder 7 Slide the drive holder forward and then out Page 1059 ...

Страница 1060: ...8 Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply 9 Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay Page 1060 ...

Страница 1061: ...t the second drive connector to the new drive 12 Connect the second power connector to the new drive 13 Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot Page 1061 ...

Страница 1062: ...e Left Side Panel 18 Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive Removing the Left Side Panel To remove the left side panel 1 Remove the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis 2 Slide th...

Страница 1063: ...Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1 Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis 2 Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it Page 1063 ...

Страница 1064: ...thin pointed object into the emergency eject opening 2 Slide the CD tray forward 3 Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards 4 Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel 5 Pull the front panel forward to remove it Page 1064 ...

Страница 1065: ...nel as described on page Removing the Front Panel 2 Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Pull the diskette drive forward If you are adding memory you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable Page 1065 ...

Страница 1066: ...rews that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis 3 Replace the front panel as described in Replacing the Front Panel Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1 Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis 2 Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis Page 1066 ...

Страница 1067: ...place the front panel 1 Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place 2 Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray 3 Close the CD tray Page 1067 ...

Страница 1068: ...Replacing the Left Side Panel To replace the left side panel 1 Slide the panel forward until it stops 2 Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis Page 1068 ...

Страница 1069: ...s The twelve function keys along the top of the keyboard are used to perform designated tasks For example in many applications F1 is the Help key The task associated with each function key may vary from one application to the next Escape keys The ESC Escape key is used to cancel commands Print Screen keysThe PRINT SCREEN key takes an electronic snapshot of the screen and places it in the Windows C...

Страница 1070: ...y the function and label you want to assign to the button Then click OK Alternatively you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on screen button However you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system such as My Computer 5 Close the Customization dialog box Using the Mouse Using a mouse may be difficult at first...

Страница 1071: ...splay the Start menu 2 Point to Settings 3 Click Control Panel 4 Double click the Mouse icon 5 Click the Buttons tab 6 Under Buttons select Left handed 7 Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box Using the DVD ROM Drive To use the drive 1 Press the Eject button on the front panel of the computer The tray slides out 2 Place the disc in the tray Place CD ROM discs in the tray with...

Страница 1072: ... changes to a diskette When the hole is open the diskette is write protected you can t delete copy or save information on the diskette When the hole is closed you may write to or modify the diskette contents Just slide the write protect tab to open and close the hole To use the diskette drive 1 Hold the diskette with the label side facing up 2 Gently push the diskette into the drive until you hear...

Страница 1073: ...Page 1073 ...

Страница 1074: ...s The twelve function keys along the top of the keyboard are used to perform designated tasks For example in many applications F1 is the Help key The task associated with each function key may vary from one application to the next Escape keys The ESC Escape key is used to cancel commands Print Screen keysThe PRINT SCREEN key takes an electronic snapshot of the screen and places it in the Windows C...

Страница 1075: ...y the function and label you want to assign to the button Then click OK Alternatively you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on screen button However you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system such as My Computer 5 Close the Customization dialog box Using the Mouse Using a mouse may be difficult at first...

Страница 1076: ...splay the Start menu 2 Point to Settings 3 Click Control Panel 4 Double click the Mouse icon 5 Click the Buttons tab 6 Under Buttons select Left handed 7 Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box Using the DVD ROM Drive To use the drive 1 Press the Eject button on the front panel of the computer The tray slides out 2 Place the disc in the tray Place CD ROM discs in the tray with...

Страница 1077: ... changes to a diskette When the hole is open the diskette is write protected you can t delete copy or save information on the diskette When the hole is closed you may write to or modify the diskette contents Just slide the write protect tab to open and close the hole To use the diskette drive 1 Hold the diskette with the label side facing up 2 Gently push the diskette into the drive until you hear...

Страница 1078: ...Page 1078 ...

Страница 1079: ...s The twelve function keys along the top of the keyboard are used to perform designated tasks For example in many applications F1 is the Help key The task associated with each function key may vary from one application to the next Escape keys The ESC Escape key is used to cancel commands Print Screen keysThe PRINT SCREEN key takes an electronic snapshot of the screen and places it in the Windows C...

Страница 1080: ...y the function and label you want to assign to the button Then click OK Alternatively you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on screen button However you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system such as My Computer 5 Close the Customization dialog box Using the Mouse Using a mouse may be difficult at first...

Страница 1081: ...splay the Start menu 2 Point to Settings 3 Click Control Panel 4 Double click the Mouse icon 5 Click the Buttons tab 6 Under Buttons select Left handed 7 Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box Using the DVD ROM Drive To use the drive 1 Press the Eject button on the front panel of the computer The tray slides out 2 Place the disc in the tray Place CD ROM discs in the tray with...

Страница 1082: ... changes to a diskette When the hole is open the diskette is write protected you can t delete copy or save information on the diskette When the hole is closed you may write to or modify the diskette contents Just slide the write protect tab to open and close the hole To use the diskette drive 1 Hold the diskette with the label side facing up 2 Gently push the diskette into the drive until you hear...

Страница 1083: ...Page 1083 ...

Страница 1084: ...s The twelve function keys along the top of the keyboard are used to perform designated tasks For example in many applications F1 is the Help key The task associated with each function key may vary from one application to the next Escape keys The ESC Escape key is used to cancel commands Print Screen keysThe PRINT SCREEN key takes an electronic snapshot of the screen and places it in the Windows C...

Страница 1085: ...y the function and label you want to assign to the button Then click OK Alternatively you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on screen button However you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system such as My Computer 5 Close the Customization dialog box Using the Mouse Using a mouse may be difficult at first...

Страница 1086: ...splay the Start menu 2 Point to Settings 3 Click Control Panel 4 Double click the Mouse icon 5 Click the Buttons tab 6 Under Buttons select Left handed 7 Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box Using the DVD ROM Drive To use the drive 1 Press the Eject button on the front panel of the computer The tray slides out 2 Place the disc in the tray Place CD ROM discs in the tray with...

Страница 1087: ... changes to a diskette When the hole is open the diskette is write protected you can t delete copy or save information on the diskette When the hole is closed you may write to or modify the diskette contents Just slide the write protect tab to open and close the hole To use the diskette drive 1 Hold the diskette with the label side facing up 2 Gently push the diskette into the drive until you hear...

Страница 1088: ...Page 1088 ...

Страница 1089: ...s The twelve function keys along the top of the keyboard are used to perform designated tasks For example in many applications F1 is the Help key The task associated with each function key may vary from one application to the next Escape keys The ESC Escape key is used to cancel commands Print Screen keysThe PRINT SCREEN key takes an electronic snapshot of the screen and places it in the Windows C...

Страница 1090: ...y the function and label you want to assign to the button Then click OK Alternatively you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on screen button However you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system such as My Computer 5 Close the Customization dialog box Using the Mouse Using a mouse may be difficult at first...

Страница 1091: ...splay the Start menu 2 Point to Settings 3 Click Control Panel 4 Double click the Mouse icon 5 Click the Buttons tab 6 Under Buttons select Left handed 7 Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box Using the DVD ROM Drive To use the drive 1 Press the Eject button on the front panel of the computer The tray slides out 2 Place the disc in the tray Place CD ROM discs in the tray with...

Страница 1092: ... changes to a diskette When the hole is open the diskette is write protected you can t delete copy or save information on the diskette When the hole is closed you may write to or modify the diskette contents Just slide the write protect tab to open and close the hole To use the diskette drive 1 Hold the diskette with the label side facing up 2 Gently push the diskette into the drive until you hear...

Страница 1093: ...Page 1093 ...

Страница 1094: ...s The twelve function keys along the top of the keyboard are used to perform designated tasks For example in many applications F1 is the Help key The task associated with each function key may vary from one application to the next Escape keys The ESC Escape key is used to cancel commands Print Screen keysThe PRINT SCREEN key takes an electronic snapshot of the screen and places it in the Windows C...

Страница 1095: ...y the function and label you want to assign to the button Then click OK Alternatively you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on screen button However you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system such as My Computer 5 Close the Customization dialog box Using the Mouse Using a mouse may be difficult at first...

Страница 1096: ...splay the Start menu 2 Point to Settings 3 Click Control Panel 4 Double click the Mouse icon 5 Click the Buttons tab 6 Under Buttons select Left handed 7 Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box Using the DVD ROM Drive To use the drive 1 Press the Eject button on the front panel of the computer The tray slides out 2 Place the disc in the tray Place CD ROM discs in the tray with...

Страница 1097: ... changes to a diskette When the hole is open the diskette is write protected you can t delete copy or save information on the diskette When the hole is closed you may write to or modify the diskette contents Just slide the write protect tab to open and close the hole To use the diskette drive 1 Hold the diskette with the label side facing up 2 Gently push the diskette into the drive until you hear...

Страница 1098: ...Page 1098 ...

Страница 1099: ...s The twelve function keys along the top of the keyboard are used to perform designated tasks For example in many applications F1 is the Help key The task associated with each function key may vary from one application to the next Escape keys The ESC Escape key is used to cancel commands Print Screen keysThe PRINT SCREEN key takes an electronic snapshot of the screen and places it in the Windows C...

Страница 1100: ...y the function and label you want to assign to the button Then click OK Alternatively you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on screen button However you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system such as My Computer 5 Close the Customization dialog box Using the Mouse Using a mouse may be difficult at first...

Страница 1101: ...splay the Start menu 2 Point to Settings 3 Click Control Panel 4 Double click the Mouse icon 5 Click the Buttons tab 6 Under Buttons select Left handed 7 Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box Using the DVD ROM Drive To use the drive 1 Press the Eject button on the front panel of the computer The tray slides out 2 Place the disc in the tray Place CD ROM discs in the tray with...

Страница 1102: ... changes to a diskette When the hole is open the diskette is write protected you can t delete copy or save information on the diskette When the hole is closed you may write to or modify the diskette contents Just slide the write protect tab to open and close the hole To use the diskette drive 1 Hold the diskette with the label side facing up 2 Gently push the diskette into the drive until you hear...

Страница 1103: ...Page 1103 ...

Страница 1104: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1105: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1106: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1107: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1108: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1109: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1110: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1111: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1112: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1113: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1114: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1115: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1116: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1117: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1118: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1119: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1120: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1121: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1122: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1123: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1124: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1125: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1126: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1127: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1128: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1129: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1130: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1131: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1132: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1133: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1134: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1135: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1136: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1137: ...tery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Do not operate the system with the cover removed Always reinstall the cover before turning on the system To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself Unplug your ...

Страница 1138: ...block its ventilation slots Leave a space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connec...

Страница 1139: ...n removing a slot cover be careful not to damage components on the system board or add in cards You may need to temporarily remove add in cards that are next to the slot cover you want to remove On Using the Hard Disk Drive Do not place the computer in a location that is subject to vibration or shock Do not move the computer during operation Do not subject the computer to sudden changes in tempera...

Страница 1140: ...ed AS IS unless expressly provided for in any enclosed software limited warranty Please refer to the End User License Agreements included with the Product for your obligations with respect to the software This Limited Warranty is non transferable Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale which is evidence that the Product is within the warranty period must be presented to obtain warranty ser...

Страница 1141: ...NTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY BREACH OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY RELATED TO THIS PRODUCT SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFITS LOSS OF REVENUE LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT DOWN TIME AND PURCHASER S TIME EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY IMPLIED WARRAN...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Похожие инструкции для PCV-E302DS VAIO

Бренд: IBM Страницы: 86

StorageWorks 4300

Бренд: Compaq Страницы: 21

Бренд: Gateway Страницы: 158

Бренд: Biostar Страницы: 58

Бренд: Precision Страницы: 5

Бренд: Panasonic Страницы: 2

Бренд: Panasonic Страницы: 29

Бренд: Yamaha Страницы: 65

Бренд: Yamaha Страницы: 72

Бренд: Yamaha Страницы: 78

Бренд: Yamaha Страницы: 120

Бренд: Yamaha Страницы: 420

ProDesk 400 G7 SFF

Бренд: HP Страницы: 10

Бренд: HP Страницы: 2

ProDesk 400 G2.5

Бренд: HP Страницы: 9

ProDesk 400 G3 MT

Бренд: HP Страницы: 9

Pro 3015 - Microtower PC

Бренд: HP Страницы: 3

Бренд: HP Страницы: 6

Бренды по названию

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды